]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/target.def
Add a targetm.vectorize.related_mode hook
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
73
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
95
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
103 \n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
107
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
116
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
123 \n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
128
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
135 \n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
138
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
148
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
163 \n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
167
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
174 \n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
178
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
187
188 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
189 DEFHOOK
190 (unwind_emit,
191 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
192 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
193 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
194 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
195 NULL)
196
197 DEFHOOKPOD
198 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
199 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
200 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
201 be called afterward.",
202 bool, true)
203
204 /* Generate an internal label.
205 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
206 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
207 (generate_internal_label,
208 "",
209 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
210 default_generate_internal_label)
211
212 /* Output an internal label. */
213 DEFHOOK
214 (internal_label,
215 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
216 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
217 \n\
218 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
219 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
220 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
221 \n\
222 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
223 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
224 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
225 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
226 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
227 \n\
228 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
229 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
230 default_internal_label)
231
232 /* Output label for the constant. */
233 DEFHOOK
234 (declare_constant_name,
235 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
236 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
237 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
238 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
239 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
240 will be an internal label.\n\
241 \n\
242 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
243 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
244 \n\
245 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
246 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
247 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
248
249 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
250 DEFHOOK
251 (ttype,
252 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
253 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
254 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
255 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
256 bool, (rtx sym),
257 hook_bool_rtx_false)
258
259 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
260 associated with the tree decl. */
261 DEFHOOK
262 (assemble_visibility,
263 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
264 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
265 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
266 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
267 default_assemble_visibility)
268
269 DEFHOOK
270 (print_patchable_function_entry,
271 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
272 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
273 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
274 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
275 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
276 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
277 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
278 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
279
280 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
281 DEFHOOK
282 (function_prologue,
283 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
284 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
285 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
286 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
287 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
288 code should be output.\n\
289 \n\
290 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
291 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
292 \n\
293 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
294 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
295 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
296 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
297 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
298 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
299 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
300 \n\
301 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
302 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
303 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
304 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
305 registers are used in the function.\n\
306 \n\
307 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
308 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
309 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
310 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
311 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
312 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
313 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
314 \n\
315 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
316 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
317 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
318 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
319 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
320 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
321 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
322 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
323 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
324 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
325 void, (FILE *file),
326 default_function_pro_epilogue)
327
328 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
329 DEFHOOK
330 (function_end_prologue,
331 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
332 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
333 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
334 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
335 void, (FILE *file),
336 no_asm_to_stream)
337
338 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
339 DEFHOOK
340 (function_begin_epilogue,
341 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
342 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
343 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
344 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
345 void, (FILE *file),
346 no_asm_to_stream)
347
348 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
349 DEFHOOK
350 (function_epilogue,
351 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
352 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
353 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
354 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
355 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
356 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
357 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
358 \n\
359 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
360 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
361 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
362 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
363 \n\
364 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
365 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
366 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
367 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
368 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
369 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
370 \n\
371 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
372 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
373 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
374 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
375 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
376 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
377 \n\
378 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
379 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
380 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
381 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
382 \n\
383 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
384 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
385 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
386 number of arguments.\n\
387 \n\
388 @findex pops_args\n\
389 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
390 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
391 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
392 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
393 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
394 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
395 void, (FILE *file),
396 default_function_pro_epilogue)
397
398 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
399 DEFHOOK
400 (init_sections,
401 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
402 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
403 of its own that you need to create.\n\
404 \n\
405 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
406 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
407 described below.",
408 void, (void),
409 hook_void_void)
410
411 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
412 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
413 which this section is associated. */
414 DEFHOOK
415 (named_section,
416 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
417 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
418 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
419 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
420 this section is associated.",
421 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
422 default_no_named_section)
423
424 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
425 declaration, using their numerical value. */
426 DEFHOOK
427 (elf_flags_numeric,
428 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
429 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
430 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
431 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
432 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
433 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
434 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
435 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
436 is emitted.",
437 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
438 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
439
440 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
441 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
442 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
443 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
444 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
445 (from static destructors).
446 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
447 DEFHOOK
448 (function_section,
449 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
450 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
451 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
452 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
453 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
454 (from static destructors).\n\
455 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
456 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
457 default_function_section)
458
459 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
460 DEFHOOK
461 (function_switched_text_sections,
462 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
463 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
464 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
465 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
466 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
467 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
468 default_function_switched_text_sections)
469
470 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
471 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
472 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
473 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
474 DEFHOOK
475 (reloc_rw_mask,
476 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
477 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
478 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
479 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
480 \n\
481 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
482 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
483 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
484 in read-only sections even in executables.",
485 int, (void),
486 default_reloc_rw_mask)
487
488 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
489 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
490 DEFHOOK
491 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
492 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
493 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
494 \n\
495 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
496 equals true and false otherwise",
497 bool, (void),
498 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
499
500 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
501 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
502 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
503 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
504 DEFHOOK
505 (select_section,
506 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
507 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
508 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
509 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
510 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
511 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
512 \n\
513 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
514 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
515 \n\
516 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
517 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
518 default_select_section)
519
520 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
521 alignment in bits. */
522 DEFHOOK
523 (select_rtx_section,
524 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
525 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
526 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
527 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
528 in bits.\n\
529 \n\
530 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
531 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
532 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
533 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
534 default_select_rtx_section)
535
536 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
537 for SELECT_SECTION. */
538 DEFHOOK
539 (unique_section,
540 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
541 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
542 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
543 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
544 \n\
545 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
546 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
547 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
548 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
549 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
550 default_unique_section)
551
552 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
553 DEFHOOK
554 (function_rodata_section,
555 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
556 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
557 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
558 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
559 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
560 otherwise.",
561 section *, (tree decl),
562 default_function_rodata_section)
563
564 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
565 for mergeable data sections. */
566 DEFHOOKPOD
567 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
568 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
569 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
570 the string if a different section name should be used.",
571 const char *, ".rodata")
572
573 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
574 DEFHOOK
575 (tm_clone_table_section,
576 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
577 tables.",
578 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
579
580 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
581 DEFHOOK
582 (constructor,
583 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
584 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
585 \n\
586 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
587 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
588 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
589 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
590 \n\
591 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
592 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
593 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
594 is not defined.",
595 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
596
597 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
598 DEFHOOK
599 (destructor,
600 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
601 functions rather than initialization functions.",
602 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
603
604 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
605 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
606 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
607 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
608 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
609 DEFHOOK
610 (output_mi_thunk,
611 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
612 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
613 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
614 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
615 the real function.\n\
616 \n\
617 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
618 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
619 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
620 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
621 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
622 all other incoming arguments.\n\
623 \n\
624 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
625 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
626 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
627 \n\
628 @smallexample\n\
629 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
630 @end smallexample\n\
631 \n\
632 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
633 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
634 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
635 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
636 \n\
637 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
638 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
639 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
640 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
641 \n\
642 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
643 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
644 some targets, but probably not.\n\
645 \n\
646 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
647 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
648 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
649 not support varargs.",
650 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
651 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
652 NULL)
653
654 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
655 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
656 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
657 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
658 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
659 text to the output file. */
660 DEFHOOK
661 (can_output_mi_thunk,
662 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
663 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
664 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
665 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
666 previously exposed.",
667 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
668 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
669 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
670
671 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
672 translation unit. */
673 DEFHOOK
674 (file_start,
675 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
676 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
677 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
678 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
679 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
680 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
681 void, (void),
682 default_file_start)
683
684 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
685 DEFHOOK
686 (file_end,
687 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
688 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
689 void, (void),
690 hook_void_void)
691
692 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
693 LTO output stream. */
694 DEFHOOK
695 (lto_start,
696 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
697 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
698 nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
701
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_end,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
711
712 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
713 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (code_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
717 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
718 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
719 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
720 nothing.",
721 void, (void),
722 hook_void_void)
723
724 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
725 external. */
726 DEFHOOK
727 (external_libcall,
728 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
729 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
730 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
731 void, (rtx symref),
732 default_external_libcall)
733
734 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
735 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (mark_decl_preserved,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
740 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
741 void, (const char *symbol),
742 hook_void_constcharptr)
743
744 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
745 DEFHOOK
746 (record_gcc_switches,
747 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
748 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
749 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
750 It can take the following values:\n\
751 \n\
752 @table @gcctabopt\n\
753 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
754 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
755 \n\
756 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
757 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
758 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
759 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
760 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
761 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
762 \n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
764 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
765 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
766 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
767 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
768 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
769 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
770 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
771 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
772 switches.\n\
773 \n\
774 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
775 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
776 \n\
777 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
778 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
779 @end table\n\
780 \n\
781 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
782 supported in the future.\n\
783 \n\
784 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
785 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
786 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
787 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
788 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
789 hook.",
790 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
791 NULL)
792
793 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
794 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
795 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
796 this information. */
797 DEFHOOKPOD
798 (record_gcc_switches_section,
799 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
800 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
801 hook.",
802 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
803
804 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
805 DEFHOOK
806 (output_anchor,
807 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
808 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
809 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
810 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
811 \n\
812 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
813 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
814 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
815 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
816 void, (rtx x),
817 default_asm_output_anchor)
818
819 DEFHOOK
820 (output_ident,
821 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
822 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
823 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
824 directive.",
825 void, (const char *name),
826 hook_void_constcharptr)
827
828 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
832 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
833 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
834 NULL)
835
836 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
837 DEFHOOK
838 (final_postscan_insn,
839 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
840 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
841 if necessary.\n\
842 \n\
843 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
844 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
845 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
846 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
847 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
848 by checking the contents of the vector.",
849 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
850 NULL)
851
852 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
853 DEFHOOK
854 (trampoline_template,
855 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
856 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
857 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
858 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
859 \n\
860 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
861 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
862 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
863 to generate it on the spot.",
864 void, (FILE *f),
865 NULL)
866
867 DEFHOOK
868 (output_source_filename,
869 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
870 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
871 \n\
872 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
873 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
874 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
875 default_asm_output_source_filename)
876
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_addr_const_extra,
879 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
880 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
881 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
882 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
883 \n\
884 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
885 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
886 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
887 return @code{true}.",
888 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
889 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
890
891 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
892 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
893 initializers. */
894 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
895 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
896
897 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
898 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
899 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
900 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
901 (print_operand,
902 "",
903 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
904 default_print_operand)
905
906 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
907 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
908 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
909 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
910 (print_operand_address,
911 "",
912 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
913 default_print_operand_address)
914
915 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
916 `print_operand' hook. */
917 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
918 not this hook. */
919 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
921 "",
922 bool ,(unsigned char code),
923 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
924
925 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
926 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
927 DEFHOOK
928 (mangle_assembler_name,
929 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
930 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
931 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
932 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
933 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
934 tree, (const char *name),
935 default_mangle_assembler_name)
936
937 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
938
939 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
940 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
941 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
942 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
943 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
944
945 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
946 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
947 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
948 DEFHOOK
949 (adjust_cost,
950 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
951 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
952 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
953 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
954 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
955 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
956 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
957 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
958 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
959 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
960 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
961 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
962 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
963 unsigned int dw),
964 NULL)
965
966 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
967 DEFHOOK
968 (adjust_priority,
969 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
970 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
971 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
972 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
973 scheduling priorities of insns.",
974 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
975
976 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
977 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
978 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
979 DEFHOOK
980 (issue_rate,
981 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
982 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
983 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
984 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
985 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
986 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
987 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
988 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
989 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
990 int, (void), NULL)
991
992 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
993 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
994 DEFHOOK
995 (variable_issue,
996 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
997 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
998 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
999 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1000 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1001 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1002 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1003 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1004 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1005 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1006 was scheduled.",
1007 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1008
1009 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1010 DEFHOOK
1011 (init,
1012 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1013 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1014 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1015 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1016 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1017 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1018 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1019 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1020
1021 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1022 DEFHOOK
1023 (finish,
1024 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1025 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1026 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1027 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1028 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1029 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1031
1032 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1033 DEFHOOK
1034 (init_global,
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1036 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1037 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1038 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1040
1041 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1042 DEFHOOK
1043 (finish_global,
1044 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1045 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1046 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1047 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1048
1049 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1050 places. Default does nothing. */
1051 DEFHOOK
1052 (reorder,
1053 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1054 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1055 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1056 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1057 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1058 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1059 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1060 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1061 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1062 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1063 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1064 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1065 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1067 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1068
1069 DEFHOOK
1070 (reorder2,
1071 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1072 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1073 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1074 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1075 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1076 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1077 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1078 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1079 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1080
1081 DEFHOOK
1082 (macro_fusion_p,
1083 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1084 bool, (void), NULL)
1085
1086 DEFHOOK
1087 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1088 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1089 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1090 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1091 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1092 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1093 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1094 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1095
1096 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1097 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1098 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1099 DEFHOOK
1100 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1101 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1102 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1103 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1104 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1105 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1106 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1107 calculated.",
1108 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1109
1110 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1111 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1112 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1113 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1114 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1115 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1116 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1117 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1118 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1119
1120 DEFHOOK
1121 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1122 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1123 void, (void), NULL)
1124
1125 DEFHOOK
1126 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1127 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1128 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1129 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1130 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1131 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1132 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1133 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1134 rtx, (void), NULL)
1135
1136 DEFHOOK
1137 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1138 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1139 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1140 void, (void), NULL)
1141
1142 DEFHOOK
1143 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1144 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1145 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1146 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1147 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1148
1149 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1150 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1151 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1152 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1153
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1161
1162 DEFHOOK
1163 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1164 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1165 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1166 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1167 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1168 void, (void), NULL)
1169
1170 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1171 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1172 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1173 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1174 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1175 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1176 insns on the same cycle. */
1177 DEFHOOK
1178 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1179 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1180 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1181 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1182 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1183 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1184 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1185 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1186 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1187 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1188 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1189 \n\
1190 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1191 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1192 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1193 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1194 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1195 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1196 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1197 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1198 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1199 \n\
1200 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1201 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1202 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1203 \n\
1204 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1205 int, (void), NULL)
1206
1207 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1208 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1209 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1210 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1211 DEFHOOK
1212 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1213 "\n\
1214 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1215 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1216 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1217 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1218 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1219 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1220 number of cycles.\n\
1221 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1222 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1223 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1224 \n\
1225 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1226 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1227
1228 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1229 scheduling.
1230 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1231 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1232 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1233 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1234 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1235 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1236 scheduling on current cycle. */
1237 DEFHOOK
1238 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1239 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1240 scheduling.",
1241 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1242 NULL)
1243
1244 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1245 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1246 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1251 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1252 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1253 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1254 DEFHOOK
1255 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1256 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1257 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1258 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1259
1260 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1261 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1262 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1263 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1264 described in DFA.
1265 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1266 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1267 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1268 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1269 DEFHOOK
1270 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1271 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1272 an instruction.",
1273 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1274
1275 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1276 round of multipass scheduling.
1277 DATA is a pointer.
1278 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1279 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1280 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1281 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1282 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1283 DEFHOOK
1284 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1285 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1286 round of multipass scheduling.",
1287 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1288
1289 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1290 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1291 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1292 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1293 described in DFA. */
1294 DEFHOOK
1295 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1296 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1297 void, (void *data), NULL)
1298
1299 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1300 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1301 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303 described in DFA. */
1304 DEFHOOK
1305 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1306 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1308
1309 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1310 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1311 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1312 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1313 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1314 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1315 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1316 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1317 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1318 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1319 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1320 DEFHOOK
1321 (dfa_new_cycle,
1322 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1323 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1324 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1325 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1326 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1327 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1328 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1329 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1330 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1331 and the current processor cycle.",
1332 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1333 int clock, int *sort_p),
1334 NULL)
1335
1336 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1337 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1338 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1339 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1340 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1341 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1342 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1343 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1344 second insn (second parameter). */
1345 DEFHOOK
1346 (is_costly_dependence,
1347 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1348 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1349 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1350 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1351 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1352 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1353 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1354 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1355 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1356 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1357 \n\
1358 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1359 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1360 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1361 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1362 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1363 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1364 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1365 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1366
1367 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1368 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1369 that new instructions were emitted. */
1370 DEFHOOK
1371 (h_i_d_extended,
1372 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1373 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1374 per instruction data structures.",
1375 void, (void), NULL)
1376
1377 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1378
1379 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1380 DEFHOOK
1381 (alloc_sched_context,
1382 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1383 void *, (void), NULL)
1384
1385 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (init_sched_context,
1388 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1389 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1390 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1391 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1392
1393 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1394 DEFHOOK
1395 (set_sched_context,
1396 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1397 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1398
1399 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1400 DEFHOOK
1401 (clear_sched_context,
1402 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1403 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1404
1405 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1406 DEFHOOK
1407 (free_sched_context,
1408 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1409 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1410
1411 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1412 by the insn scheduler.
1413 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1414 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1415 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1416 It should return
1417 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1418 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1419 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1420 generated one. */
1421 DEFHOOK
1422 (speculate_insn,
1423 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1424 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1425 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1426 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1427 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1428 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1429 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1430 the generated speculative pattern.",
1431 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1432
1433 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1434 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1435 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1436 DEFHOOK
1437 (needs_block_p,
1438 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1439 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1440 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1441 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1442
1443 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1445 instruction.
1446 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1447 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1448 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1449 is being performed. */
1450 DEFHOOK
1451 (gen_spec_check,
1452 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1453 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1454 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1455 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1456 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1457 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1458 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1459 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1460 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1461
1462 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1463 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1464 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1465 DEFHOOK
1466 (set_sched_flags,
1467 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1468 enabled/used.\n\
1469 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1470 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1471 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1472
1473 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1474 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1475 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1476 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1477
1478 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1479 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1480 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1481 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1482
1483 DEFHOOK
1484 (can_speculate_insn,
1485 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1486 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1487 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1488 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1489 should not be speculated.",
1490 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1491
1492 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1493 (skip_rtx_p,
1494 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1495 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1496 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1497
1498 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1499 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1500 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1501 to ddg variable. */
1502 DEFHOOK
1503 (sms_res_mii,
1504 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1505 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1506 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1507 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1508 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1509 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1510 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1511
1512 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1513 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1514 parameters. */
1515 DEFHOOK
1516 (dispatch_do,
1517 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1518 in its second parameter.",
1519 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1520 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1521
1522 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1523 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1524 as the second parameter is true. */
1525 DEFHOOK
1526 (dispatch,
1527 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1528 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1529 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1530 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1531
1532 DEFHOOKPOD
1533 (exposed_pipeline,
1534 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1535 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1536 also the latencies of operations.",
1537 bool, false)
1538
1539 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1540 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1541 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1542 DEFHOOK
1543 (reassociation_width,
1544 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1545 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1546 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1547 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1548
1549 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1550 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1551 DEFHOOK
1552 (fusion_priority,
1553 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1554 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1555 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1556 \n\
1557 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1558 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1559 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1560 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1561 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1562 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1563 \n\
1564 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1565 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1566 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1567 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1568 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1569 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1570 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1571 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1572 instructions.\n\
1573 \n\
1574 Given below example:\n\
1575 \n\
1576 @smallexample\n\
1577 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1578 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1579 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1580 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1581 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1582 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1583 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1584 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1585 @end smallexample\n\
1586 \n\
1587 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1588 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1589 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1590 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1591 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1592 \n\
1593 @smallexample\n\
1594 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1596 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1597 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1598 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1599 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1600 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1601 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1602 @end smallexample\n\
1603 \n\
1604 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1605 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1606 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1607 \n\
1608 @smallexample\n\
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1610 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1611 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1612 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1613 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1614 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1615 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1616 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1617 @end smallexample\n\
1618 \n\
1619 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1620 \n\
1621 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1622 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1623 \n\
1624 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1625 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1626 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1627
1628 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1629
1630 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1631 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1632 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1633 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1634
1635 DEFHOOK
1636 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1637 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1638 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1639 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1640 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1641 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1642 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1643
1644 DEFHOOK
1645 (adjust,
1646 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1647 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1648 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1649
1650 DEFHOOK
1651 (usable,
1652 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1653 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1654 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1655 to use it.",
1656 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1657
1658 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1659
1660 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1661 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1662 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1663 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1664
1665 DEFHOOK
1666 (vf,
1667 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1668 int, (void), NULL)
1669
1670 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1671
1672 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1673 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1674 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1675 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1676
1677 DEFHOOK
1678 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1679 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1680 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1681 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1682 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1683 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1684
1685 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1686
1687 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1688 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1689 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1690 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1691
1692 DEFHOOK
1693 (validate_dims,
1694 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1695 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1696 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1697 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1698 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1699 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1700 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1701 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1702 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1703 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1704 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1705 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1706
1707 DEFHOOK
1708 (dim_limit,
1709 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1710 or zero if unbounded.",
1711 int, (int axis),
1712 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1713
1714 DEFHOOK
1715 (fork_join,
1716 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1717 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1718 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1719 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1720 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1721 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1722 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1723 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1724 default_goacc_fork_join)
1725
1726 DEFHOOK
1727 (reduction,
1728 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1729 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1730 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1731 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1732 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1733 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1734 void, (gcall *call),
1735 default_goacc_reduction)
1736
1737 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1738
1739 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1740 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1741 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1742 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1743
1744 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1745 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1746 function. */
1747 DEFHOOK
1748 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1749 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1750 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1751 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1752 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1753 \n\
1754 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1755 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1756 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1757 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1758 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1759 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1760 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1761 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1762 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1763 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1764 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1765 \n\
1766 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1767 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1768 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1769 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1770 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1771 described above.\n\
1772 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1773 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1774 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1775 tree, (void), NULL)
1776
1777 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1778 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1779 DEFHOOK
1780 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1781 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1782 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1783 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1784 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1785 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1786 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1787 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1788
1789 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1790 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1791 DEFHOOK
1792 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1793 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1794 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1795 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1796 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1797 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1798 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1799
1800 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1801 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1802 DEFHOOK
1803 (builtin_conversion,
1804 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1805 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1806 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1807 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1808 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1809 \n\
1810 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1811 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1812 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1813 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1814 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1815
1816 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1817 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1818 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1819 DEFHOOK
1820 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1821 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1822 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1823 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1824 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1825 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1826
1827 DEFHOOK
1828 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1829 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1830 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1831 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1832 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1833 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1834 for alignment.\n\
1835 \n\
1836 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1837 correct for most targets.",
1838 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1839 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1840
1841 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1842 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1843 DEFHOOK
1844 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1845 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1846 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1847 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1848
1849 DEFHOOK
1850 (vec_perm_const,
1851 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1852 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1853 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1854 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1855 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1856 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1857 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1858 \n\
1859 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1860 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1861 \n\
1862 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1863 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1864 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1865 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1866 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1867 implementation approaches itself.",
1868 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1869 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1870 NULL)
1871
1872 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1873 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1874 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1875 DEFHOOK
1876 (support_vector_misalignment,
1877 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1878 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1879 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1880 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1881 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1882 bool,
1883 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1884 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1885
1886 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1887 scalar mode. */
1888 DEFHOOK
1889 (preferred_simd_mode,
1890 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1891 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1892 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1893 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1894 machine_mode,
1895 (scalar_mode mode),
1896 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1897
1898 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1899 DEFHOOK
1900 (split_reduction,
1901 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1902 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1903 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1904 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1905 machine_mode,
1906 (machine_mode),
1907 default_split_reduction)
1908
1909 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1910 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1911 DEFHOOK
1912 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1913 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\
1914 the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\
1915 vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference. The first\n\
1916 one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1917 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector sizes even when they are generally\n\
1918 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1919 \n\
1920 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1921 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1922 for autovectorization. The default implementation does nothing.",
1923 void,
1924 (vector_sizes *sizes, bool all),
1925 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1926
1927 DEFHOOK
1928 (related_mode,
1929 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1930 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1931 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1932 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1933 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1934 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1935 required properties.\n\
1936 \n\
1937 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1938 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1939 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1940 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1941 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1942 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1943 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1944 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1945 vector sizes.\n\
1946 \n\
1947 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1948 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
1949 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
1950 opt_machine_mode,
1951 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
1952 default_vectorize_related_mode)
1953
1954 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1955 DEFHOOK
1956 (get_mask_mode,
1957 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1958 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1959 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1960 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1961 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1962 \n\
1963 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1964 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1965 if such a mode exists.",
1966 opt_machine_mode,
1967 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length),
1968 default_get_mask_mode)
1969
1970 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1971 mask is all zeros. */
1972 DEFHOOK
1973 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
1974 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1975 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1976 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1977 bool,
1978 (unsigned ifn),
1979 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1980
1981 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1982 DEFHOOK
1983 (builtin_gather,
1984 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1985 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1986 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1987 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1988 loads.",
1989 tree,
1990 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1991 NULL)
1992
1993 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1994 DEFHOOK
1995 (builtin_scatter,
1996 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1997 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1998 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1999 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2000 stores.",
2001 tree,
2002 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2003 NULL)
2004
2005 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2006 DEFHOOK
2007 (init_cost,
2008 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
2009 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
2010 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
2011 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
2012 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
2013 "is being vectorized.",
2014 void *,
2015 (class loop *loop_info),
2016 default_init_cost)
2017
2018 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
2019 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
2020 block. */
2021 DEFHOOK
2022 (add_stmt_cost,
2023 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
2024 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
2025 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
2026 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
2027 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
2028 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
2029 "revised.",
2030 unsigned,
2031 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
2032 class _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
2033 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2034 default_add_stmt_cost)
2035
2036 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2037 loop or block. */
2038 DEFHOOK
2039 (finish_cost,
2040 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
2041 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2042 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
2043 "the three accumulators.",
2044 void,
2045 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2046 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2047 default_finish_cost)
2048
2049 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2050 DEFHOOK
2051 (destroy_cost_data,
2052 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2053 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2054 "accumulator.",
2055 void,
2056 (void *data),
2057 default_destroy_cost_data)
2058
2059 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2060
2061 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2062 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2063
2064 DEFHOOK
2065 (preferred_else_value,
2066 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2067 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2068 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2069 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2070 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2071 \n\
2072 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2073 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2074 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2075 \n\
2076 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2077 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2078 constant of type @var{type}.",
2079 tree,
2080 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2081 default_preferred_else_value)
2082
2083 DEFHOOK
2084 (record_offload_symbol,
2085 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2086 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2087 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2088 void, (tree),
2089 hook_void_tree)
2090
2091 DEFHOOKPOD
2092 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2093 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2094 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2095 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2096 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2097
2098 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2099 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2100 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2101 DEFHOOK
2102 (override_options_after_change,
2103 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2104 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2105 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2106 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2107 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2108 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2109 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2110 void, (void),
2111 hook_void_void)
2112
2113 DEFHOOK
2114 (offload_options,
2115 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2116 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2117 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2118 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2119 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2120 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2121
2122 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2123 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2124 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2125 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2126 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2127
2128 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2129 DEFHOOK
2130 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2131 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2132 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2133 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2134 targets.",
2135 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2136 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2137
2138 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2139 DEFHOOK
2140 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2141 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2142 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2143 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2144 targets.",
2145 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2146 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2147
2148 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2149 DEFHOOK
2150 (unwind_word_mode,
2151 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2152 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2153 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2154 default_unwind_word_mode)
2155
2156 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2157 DEFHOOK
2158 (merge_decl_attributes,
2159 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2160 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2161 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2162 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2163 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2164 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2165 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2166 \n\
2167 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2168 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2169 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2170 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2171 will then define a function called\n\
2172 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2173 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2174 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2175 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2176 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2177 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2178 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2179 merge_decl_attributes)
2180
2181 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2182 DEFHOOK
2183 (merge_type_attributes,
2184 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2185 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2186 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2187 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2188 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2189 merging.",
2190 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2191 merge_type_attributes)
2192
2193 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2194 Ignored if NULL. */
2195 DEFHOOKPOD
2196 (attribute_table,
2197 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2198 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2199 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2200 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2201 take.",
2202 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2203
2204 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2205 argument. */
2206 DEFHOOK
2207 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2208 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2209 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2210 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2211 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2212 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2213 bool, (const_tree name),
2214 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2215
2216 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2217 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2218 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2219 DEFHOOK
2220 (comp_type_attributes,
2221 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2222 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2223 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2224 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2225 supposed always to be compatible.",
2226 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2227 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2228
2229 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2230 DEFHOOK
2231 (set_default_type_attributes,
2232 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2233 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2234 void, (tree type),
2235 hook_void_tree)
2236
2237 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2238 DEFHOOK
2239 (insert_attributes,
2240 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2241 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2242 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2243 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2244 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2245 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2246 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2247 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2248 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2249 needed.",
2250 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2251 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2252
2253 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2254 DEFHOOK
2255 (handle_generic_attribute,
2256 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2257 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2258 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2259 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2260 @var{section} attribute.",
2261 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2262 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2263
2264 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2265 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2266 DEFHOOK
2267 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2268 "@cindex inlining\n\
2269 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2270 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2271 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2272 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2273 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2274 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2275
2276 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2277 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2278 DEFHOOK
2279 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2280 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2281 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2282 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2283 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2284 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2285 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2286 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2287 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2288 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2289 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2290 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2291 \n\
2292 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2293 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2294 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2295 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2296 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2297 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2298 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2299 \n\
2300 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2301 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2302 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2303 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2304 may affect its placement.",
2305 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2306 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2307
2308 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2309 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2310 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2311 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2312 (words_big_endian,
2313 "",
2314 bool, (void),
2315 targhook_words_big_endian)
2316
2317 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2318 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2319 (float_words_big_endian,
2320 "",
2321 bool, (void),
2322 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2323
2324 DEFHOOK
2325 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2326 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2327 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2328 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2329 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2330 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2331 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2332 does not.",
2333 bool, (void),
2334 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2335
2336 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2337 DEFHOOK
2338 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2339 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2340 bool, (void),
2341 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2342
2343 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2344 DEFHOOK
2345 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2346 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2347 bool, (void),
2348 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2349
2350 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2351 DEFHOOK
2352 (align_anon_bitfield,
2353 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2354 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2355 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2356 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2357 bool, (void),
2358 hook_bool_void_false)
2359
2360 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2361 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2362 DEFHOOK
2363 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2364 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2365 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2366 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2367 \n\
2368 The default is @code{false}.",
2369 bool, (void),
2370 hook_bool_void_false)
2371
2372 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2373 DEFHOOK
2374 (init_builtins,
2375 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2376 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2377 necessary setup.\n\
2378 \n\
2379 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2380 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2381 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2382 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2383 \n\
2384 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2385 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2386 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2387 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2388 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2389 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2390 void, (void),
2391 hook_void_void)
2392
2393 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2394 built-in function decl for CODE.
2395 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2396 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2397 DEFHOOK
2398 (builtin_decl,
2399 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2400 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2401 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2402 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2403 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2404 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2405 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2406 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2407
2408 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2409 DEFHOOK
2410 (expand_builtin,
2411 "\n\
2412 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2413 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2414 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2415 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2416 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2417 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2418 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2419 built-in function.",
2420 rtx,
2421 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2422 default_expand_builtin)
2423
2424 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2425 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2426 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2427 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2428 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2429 DEFHOOK
2430 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2431 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2432 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2433 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2434 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2435 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2436 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2437 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2438 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2439 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2440 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2441
2442 DEFHOOK
2443 (check_builtin_call,
2444 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2445 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2446 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2447 and return false.\n\
2448 \n\
2449 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2450 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2451 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2452 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2453 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2454 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2455 of each argument.",
2456 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2457 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2458 NULL)
2459
2460 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2461 and GENERIC. */
2462 DEFHOOK
2463 (fold_builtin,
2464 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2465 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2466 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2467 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2468 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2469 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2470 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2471 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2472 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2473
2474 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2475 DEFHOOK
2476 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2477 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2478 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2479 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2480 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2481 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2482 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2483
2484 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2485 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2486 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2487 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2488 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2489 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2490 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2491 and 0 if they are the same. */
2492 DEFHOOK
2493 (compare_version_priority,
2494 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2495 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2496 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2497 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2498 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2499 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2500 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2501
2502 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2503 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2504 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2505 must be generated. */
2506 DEFHOOK
2507 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2508 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2509 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2510 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2511 body must be generated.",
2512 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2513
2514 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2515 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2516 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2517 identical versions. */
2518 DEFHOOK
2519 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2520 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2521 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2522 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2523 identical versions.",
2524 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2525
2526 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2527 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2528 DEFHOOK
2529 (builtin_reciprocal,
2530 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2531 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2532 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2533 tree, (tree fndecl),
2534 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2535
2536 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2537 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2538 NULL. */
2539 DEFHOOK
2540 (mangle_type,
2541 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2542 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2543 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2544 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2545 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2546 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2547 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2548 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2549 string constant.\n\
2550 \n\
2551 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2552 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2553 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2554 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2555 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2556 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2557 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2558 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2559 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2560 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2561 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2562 spaces in your string.\n\
2563 \n\
2564 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2565 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2566 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2567 before mangling.\n\
2568 \n\
2569 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2570 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2571 types.",
2572 const char *, (const_tree type),
2573 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2574
2575 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2576 DEFHOOK
2577 (init_libfuncs,
2578 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2579 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2580 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2581 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2582 library routines.\n\
2583 \n\
2584 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2585 void, (void),
2586 hook_void_void)
2587
2588 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2589 DEFHOOKPOD
2590 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2591 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2592 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2593 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2594 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2595 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2596 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2597 bool, false)
2598
2599 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2600 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2601 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2602 DEFHOOK
2603 (section_type_flags,
2604 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2605 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2606 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2607 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2608 \n\
2609 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2610 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2611 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2612 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2613 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2614 default_section_type_flags)
2615
2616 DEFHOOK
2617 (libc_has_function,
2618 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2619 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library.",
2620 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2621 default_libc_has_function)
2622
2623 DEFHOOK
2624 (libc_has_fast_function,
2625 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2626 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2627 bool, (int fcode),
2628 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2629
2630 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2631 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2632 DEFHOOK
2633 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2634 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2635 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2636 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2637 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2638 \n\
2639 @smallexample\n\
2640 static bool\n\
2641 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2642 @{\n\
2643 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2644 @}\n\
2645 @end smallexample",
2646 bool, (void),
2647 hook_bool_void_false)
2648
2649 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2650 DEFHOOK
2651 (can_follow_jump,
2652 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2653 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2654 false, if it can't.\
2655 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2656 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2657 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2658 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2659
2660 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2661 DEFHOOK
2662 (have_conditional_execution,
2663 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2664 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2665 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2666 bool, (void),
2667 default_have_conditional_execution)
2668
2669 DEFHOOK
2670 (gen_ccmp_first,
2671 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2672 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2673 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2674 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2675 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2676 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2677 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2678 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2679 NULL)
2680
2681 DEFHOOK
2682 (gen_ccmp_next,
2683 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2684 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2685 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2686 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2687 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2688 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2689 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2690 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2691 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2692 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2693 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2694 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2695 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2696 NULL)
2697
2698 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2699 DEFHOOK
2700 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2701 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2702 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2703 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2704 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2705 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2706 number of memory accesses.",
2707 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2708 NULL)
2709
2710 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2711 DEFHOOK
2712 (legitimate_constant_p,
2713 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2714 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2715 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2716 \n\
2717 The default definition returns true.",
2718 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2719 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2720
2721 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2722 DEFHOOK
2723 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2724 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2725 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2726 of @var{x}.\n\
2727 \n\
2728 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2729 \n\
2730 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2731 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2732 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2733 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2734 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2735 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2736 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2737
2738 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2739 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2740 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2741 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2742
2743 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2744 DEFHOOK
2745 (commutative_p,
2746 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2747 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2748 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2749 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2750 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2751 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2752
2753 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2754 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2755 DEFHOOK
2756 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2757 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2758 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2759 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2760 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2761 but not others.\n\
2762 \n\
2763 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2764 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2765 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2766 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2767 \n\
2768 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2769 \n\
2770 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2771 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2772 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2773
2774 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2775 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2776 DEFHOOK
2777 (legitimize_address,
2778 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2779 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2780 address.\n\
2781 \n\
2782 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2783 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2784 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2785 @var{x}.\n\
2786 \n\
2787 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2788 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2789 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2790 \n\
2791 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2792 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2793 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2794 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2795 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2796 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2797 strategy can generate better code.",
2798 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2799 default_legitimize_address)
2800
2801 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2802 DEFHOOK
2803 (delegitimize_address,
2804 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2805 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2806 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2807 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2808 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2809 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2810 into their original form.",
2811 rtx, (rtx x),
2812 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2813
2814 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2815 section. */
2816 DEFHOOK
2817 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2818 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2819 debug sections.",
2820 bool, (rtx x),
2821 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2822
2823 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2824 DEFHOOK
2825 (legitimate_address_p,
2826 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2827 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2828 \n\
2829 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2830 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2831 desired by the caller.\n\
2832 \n\
2833 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2834 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2835 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2836 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2837 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2838 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2839 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2840 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2841 \n\
2842 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2843 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2844 register is required.\n\
2845 \n\
2846 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2847 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2848 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2849 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2850 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2851 \n\
2852 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2853 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2854 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2855 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2856 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2857 \n\
2858 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2859 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2860 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2861 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2862 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2863 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2864 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2865 Format}.\n\
2866 \n\
2867 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2868 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2869 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2870 has this syntax:\n\
2871 \n\
2872 @example\n\
2873 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2874 @end example\n\
2875 \n\
2876 @noindent\n\
2877 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2878 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2879 \n\
2880 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2881 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2882 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2883 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2884 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2885 \n\
2886 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2887 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2888 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2889 default_legitimate_address_p)
2890
2891 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2892 DEFHOOK
2893 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2894 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2895 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2896 of @var{x}.\n\
2897 \n\
2898 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2899 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2900 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2901
2902 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2903 DEFHOOK
2904 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2905 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2906 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2907 \n\
2908 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2909 bool, (const_tree decl),
2910 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2911
2912 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2913 DEFHOOKPOD
2914 (min_anchor_offset,
2915 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2916 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2917 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2918 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2919 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2920
2921 DEFHOOKPOD
2922 (max_anchor_offset,
2923 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2924 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2925 value is 0.",
2926 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2927
2928 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2929 DEFHOOK
2930 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2931 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2932 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2933 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2934 \n\
2935 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2936 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2937 or target-specific sections.",
2938 bool, (const_rtx x),
2939 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2940
2941 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2942 DEFHOOK
2943 (has_ifunc_p,
2944 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2945 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2946 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2947 bool, (void),
2948 default_has_ifunc_p)
2949
2950 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2951 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2952 this is an indirect call. */
2953 DEFHOOK
2954 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2955 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2956 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2957 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2958 \n\
2959 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2960 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2961 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2962 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
2963 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2964 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2965 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2966 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2967
2968 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2969 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2970 level, outside of any function scope. */
2971 DEFHOOK
2972 (set_current_function,
2973 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2974 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2975 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2976 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2977 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2978 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2979 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2980 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2981 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2982 \n\
2983 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2984 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2985 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2986 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2987 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2988 outside of any function scope.",
2989 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2990
2991 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2992 DEFHOOK
2993 (in_small_data_p,
2994 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2995 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2996 bool, (const_tree exp),
2997 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2998
2999 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3000 to the current executable or shared library. */
3001 DEFHOOK
3002 (binds_local_p,
3003 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3004 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3005 or executable image).\n\
3006 \n\
3007 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3008 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3009 currently supported object file formats.",
3010 bool, (const_tree exp),
3011 default_binds_local_p)
3012
3013 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3014 DEFHOOK
3015 (profile_before_prologue,
3016 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3017 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3018 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3019 bool, (void),
3020 default_profile_before_prologue)
3021
3022 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3023 enabled. */
3024 DEFHOOK
3025 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3026 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3027 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3028 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3029 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3030 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3031 bool, (void),
3032 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3033
3034 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3035 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3036 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3037 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3038 DEFHOOK
3039 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3040 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3041 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3042 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3043 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3044 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3045 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3046 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3047 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3048 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3049
3050 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3051 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3052 DEFHOOK
3053 (encode_section_info,
3054 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3055 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3056 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3057 \n\
3058 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3059 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3060 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3061 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3062 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3063 \n\
3064 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3065 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3066 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3067 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3068 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3069 leave it alone.)\n\
3070 \n\
3071 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3072 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3073 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3074 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3075 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3076 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3077 \n\
3078 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3079 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3080 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3081 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3082 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3083 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3084 \n\
3085 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3086 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3087 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3088 before overriding it.",
3089 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3090 default_encode_section_info)
3091
3092 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3093 DEFHOOK
3094 (strip_name_encoding,
3095 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3096 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3097 may have added.",
3098 const char *, (const char *name),
3099 default_strip_name_encoding)
3100
3101 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3102 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3103 DEFHOOK
3104 (shift_truncation_mask,
3105 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3106 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3107 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3108 \n\
3109 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3110 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3111 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3112 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3113 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3114 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3115 \n\
3116 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3117 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3118 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3119 \n\
3120 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3121 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3122 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3123 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3124 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3125 by overriding it.",
3126 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3127 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3128
3129 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3130 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3131 the reciprocal. */
3132 DEFHOOK
3133 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3134 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3135 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3136 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3137 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3138 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3139 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3140 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3141 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3142
3143 DEFHOOK
3144 (truly_noop_truncation,
3145 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3146 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3147 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3148 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3149 is correct for most machines.\n\
3150 \n\
3151 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3152 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3153 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3154 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3155 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3156
3157 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3158 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3159 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3160 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3161 necessarily defined at this point. */
3162 DEFHOOK
3163 (mode_rep_extended,
3164 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3165 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3166 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3167 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3168 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3169 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3170 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3171 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3172 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3173 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3174 \n\
3175 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3176 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3177 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3178 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3179 \n\
3180 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3181 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3182 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3183 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3184 extension.\n\
3185 \n\
3186 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3187 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3188 @code{mode}.",
3189 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3190 default_mode_rep_extended)
3191
3192 DEFHOOK
3193 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3194 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3195 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3196 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3197 \n\
3198 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3199 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3200 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3201 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3202 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3203 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3204 bool, (void),
3205 hook_bool_void_false)
3206
3207 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3208 DEFHOOK
3209 (valid_pointer_mode,
3210 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3211 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3212 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3213 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3214 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3215
3216 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3217 DEFHOOK
3218 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3219 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3220 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3221 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3222 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3223 a pointer to int.",
3224 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3225 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3226
3227 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3228 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3229 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3230 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3231
3232 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3233 DEFHOOK
3234 (pointer_mode,
3235 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3236 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3237 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3238 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3239 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3240
3241 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3242 DEFHOOK
3243 (address_mode,
3244 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3245 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3246 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3247 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3248 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3249
3250 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3251 in another address space. */
3252 DEFHOOK
3253 (valid_pointer_mode,
3254 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3255 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3256 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3257 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3258 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3259 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3260 target hooks for the given address space.",
3261 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3262 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3263
3264 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3265 space for a given mode. */
3266 DEFHOOK
3267 (legitimate_address_p,
3268 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3269 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3270 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3271 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3272 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3273 explicit named address space support.",
3274 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3275 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3276
3277 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3278 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3279 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3280 DEFHOOK
3281 (legitimize_address,
3282 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3283 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3284 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3285 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3286 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3287 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3288
3289 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3290 DEFHOOK
3291 (subset_p,
3292 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3293 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3294 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3295 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3296 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3297 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3298 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3299 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3300
3301 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3302 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3303 DEFHOOK
3304 (zero_address_valid,
3305 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3306 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3307 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3308 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3309
3310 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3311 DEFHOOK
3312 (convert,
3313 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3314 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3315 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3316 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3317 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3318 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3319 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3320 default_addr_space_convert)
3321
3322 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3323 DEFHOOK
3324 (debug,
3325 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3326 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3327 int, (addr_space_t as),
3328 default_addr_space_debug)
3329
3330 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3331 DEFHOOK
3332 (diagnose_usage,
3333 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3334 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3335 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3336 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3337 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3338 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3339 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3340 The default implementation does nothing.",
3341 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3342 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3343
3344 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3345
3346 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3347 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3348
3349 DEFHOOK
3350 (static_rtx_alignment,
3351 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3352 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3353 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3354 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3355 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3356 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3357
3358 DEFHOOK
3359 (constant_alignment,
3360 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3361 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3362 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3363 \n\
3364 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3365 \n\
3366 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3367 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3368 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3369 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3370 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3371 default_constant_alignment)
3372
3373 DEFHOOK
3374 (translate_mode_attribute,
3375 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3376 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3377 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3378 \n\
3379 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3380 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3381 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3382
3383 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3384 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3385 the arithmetic is supported. */
3386 DEFHOOK
3387 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3388 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3389 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3390 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3391 must work.\n\
3392 \n\
3393 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3394 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3395 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3396 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3397 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3398 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3399
3400 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3401 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3402 for further details. */
3403 DEFHOOK
3404 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3405 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3406 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3407 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3408 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3409 hook_bool_mode_false)
3410
3411 DEFHOOK
3412 (vector_alignment,
3413 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3414 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3415 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3416 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3417 the vector element type.",
3418 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3419 default_vector_alignment)
3420
3421 DEFHOOK
3422 (array_mode,
3423 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3424 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3425 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3426 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3427 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3428 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3429 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3430 used in specific cases.\n\
3431 \n\
3432 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3433 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3434 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3435 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3436
3437 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3438 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3439 DEFHOOK
3440 (array_mode_supported_p,
3441 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3442 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3443 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3444 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3445 \n\
3446 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3447 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3448 has operations like:\n\
3449 \n\
3450 @smallexample\n\
3451 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3452 @end smallexample\n\
3453 \n\
3454 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3455 \n\
3456 @smallexample\n\
3457 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3458 @{\n\
3459 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3460 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3461 @end smallexample\n\
3462 \n\
3463 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3464 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3465 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3466 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3467 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3468
3469 DEFHOOK
3470 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3471 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3472 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3473 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3474 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3475 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3476 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3477 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3478
3479 DEFHOOK
3480 (floatn_mode,
3481 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3482 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3483 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3484 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3485 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3486 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3487 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3488 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3489 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3490 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3491 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3492 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3493 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3494 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3495 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3496 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3497 default_floatn_mode)
3498
3499 DEFHOOK
3500 (floatn_builtin_p,
3501 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3502 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3503 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3504 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3505 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3506 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3507 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3508 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3509 bool, (int func),
3510 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3511
3512 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3513 TO, using MODE. */
3514 DEFHOOK
3515 (register_move_cost,
3516 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3517 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3518 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3519 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3520 that.\n\
3521 \n\
3522 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3523 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3524 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3525 \n\
3526 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3527 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3528 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3529 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3530 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3531 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3532 \n\
3533 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3534 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3535 default_register_move_cost)
3536
3537 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3538 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3539 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3540 DEFHOOK
3541 (memory_move_cost,
3542 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3543 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3544 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3545 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3546 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3547 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3548 \n\
3549 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3550 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3551 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3552 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3553 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3554 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3555 \n\
3556 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3557 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3558 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3559 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3560 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3561 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3562 are the same as to this target hook.",
3563 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3564 default_memory_move_cost)
3565
3566 DEFHOOK
3567 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3568 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3569 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3570 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3571 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3572 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3573 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3574 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3575 \n\
3576 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3577 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3578 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3579 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3580 units.\n\
3581 \n\
3582 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3583 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3584 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3585 under consideration.\n\
3586 \n\
3587 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3588 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3589 \n\
3590 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3591 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3592 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3593 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3594 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3595 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3596 \n\
3597 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3598 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3599 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3600 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3601 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3602 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3603
3604 DEFHOOK
3605 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3606 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3607 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3608 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3609 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3610 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3611 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3612 negative number from this hook.",
3613 int, (machine_mode mode),
3614 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3615
3616 DEFHOOK
3617 (slow_unaligned_access,
3618 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3619 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3620 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3621 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3622 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3623 \n\
3624 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3625 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3626 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3627 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3628 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3629 \n\
3630 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3631 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3632 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3633 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3634
3635 DEFHOOK
3636 (optab_supported_p,
3637 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3638 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3639 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3640 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3641 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3642 \n\
3643 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3644 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3645 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3646 \n\
3647 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3648 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3649 optimization_type opt_type),
3650 default_optab_supported_p)
3651
3652 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3653 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3654 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3655 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3656 DEFHOOK
3657 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3658 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3659 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3660 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3661 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3662 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3663 for any mode.\n\
3664 \n\
3665 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3666 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3667 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3668 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3669 insn.\n\
3670 \n\
3671 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3672 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3673 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3674 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3675 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3676 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3677 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3678 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3679 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3680 \n\
3681 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3682 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3683 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3684 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3685 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3686 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3687 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3688 hook_bool_mode_false)
3689
3690 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3691 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3692 DEFHOOKPOD
3693 (flags_regnum,
3694 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3695 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3696 appropriately.",
3697 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3698
3699 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3700 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3701 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3702 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3703 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3704 DEFHOOK
3705 (rtx_costs,
3706 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3707 \n\
3708 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3709 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3710 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3711 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3712 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3713 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3714 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3715 \n\
3716 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3717 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3718 \n\
3719 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3720 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3721 instructions.\n\
3722 \n\
3723 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3724 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3725 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3726 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3727 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3728 \n\
3729 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3730 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3731 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3732 \n\
3733 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3734 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3735 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3736 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3737
3738 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3739 invalid addresses. */
3740 DEFHOOK
3741 (address_cost,
3742 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3743 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3744 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3745 \n\
3746 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3747 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3748 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3749 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3750 \n\
3751 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3752 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3753 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3754 \n\
3755 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3756 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3757 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3758 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3759 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3760 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3761 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3762 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3763 \n\
3764 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3765 \n\
3766 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3767 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3768 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3769 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3770 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3771 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3772 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3773 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3774 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3775 default_address_cost)
3776
3777 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3778 DEFHOOK
3779 (insn_cost,
3780 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3781 \n\
3782 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3783 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3784 instructions.\n\
3785 \n\
3786 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3787 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3788 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3789 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3790
3791 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3792 well defined units. */
3793 DEFHOOK
3794 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3795 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3796 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3797 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3798 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3799 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3800 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3801 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3802 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3803 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3804 \n\
3805 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3806 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3807 were true.\n\
3808 \n\
3809 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3810 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3811 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3812 unsigned int, (edge e),
3813 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3814
3815 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3816 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3817 DEFHOOK
3818 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3819 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3820 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3821 @code{if_info}.",
3822 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3823 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3824
3825 DEFHOOK
3826 (estimated_poly_value,
3827 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3828 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3829 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3830 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3831 default_estimated_poly_value)
3832
3833 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3834 scheduling. */
3835 DEFHOOK
3836 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3837 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3838 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3839 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3840 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3841 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3842 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3843 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3844 hook_bool_void_false)
3845
3846 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3847 DEFHOOK
3848 (allocate_initial_value,
3849 "\n\
3850 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3851 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3852 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3853 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3854 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3855 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3856 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3857 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3858 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3859 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3860 @code{MEM}.\n\
3861 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3862 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3863 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3864 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3865 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3866 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3867 allocation.",
3868 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3869
3870 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3871 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3872 DEFHOOK
3873 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3874 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3875 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3876 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3877 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3878 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3879 passed along.",
3880 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3881 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3882
3883 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3884 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3885 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3886 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3887 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3888 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3889 DEFHOOK
3890 (dwarf_register_span,
3891 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3892 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3893 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3894 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3895 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3896 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3897 rtx, (rtx reg),
3898 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3899
3900 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3901 register. */
3902 DEFHOOK
3903 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3904 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3905 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3906 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3907 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3908 machine_mode, (int regno),
3909 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3910
3911 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3912 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3913 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3914 code, given the address of the table. */
3915 DEFHOOK
3916 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3917 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3918 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3919 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3920 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3921 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3922 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3923 void, (tree address),
3924 hook_void_tree)
3925
3926 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3927 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3928 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3929 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3930 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3931 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3932 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3933 DEFHOOK
3934 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3935 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3936 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3937 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3938 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3939 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3940 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3941 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3942 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3943 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3944 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3945 \n\
3946 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3947 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3948 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3949
3950 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3951 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3952 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3953 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3954 VOIDmode. */
3955 DEFHOOK
3956 (cc_modes_compatible,
3957 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3958 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3959 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3960 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3961 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3962 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3963 \n\
3964 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3965 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3966 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3967 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3968 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3969
3970 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3971 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3972 DEFHOOK
3973 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3974 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3975 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3976 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3977 \n\
3978 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3979 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3980 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3981 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3982 \n\
3983 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3984 definition is null.",
3985 void, (void), NULL)
3986
3987 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3988 DEFHOOK
3989 (build_builtin_va_list,
3990 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3991 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3992 tree, (void),
3993 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3994
3995 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3996 DEFHOOK
3997 (enum_va_list_p,
3998 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3999 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4000 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4001 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4002 variable.\n\
4003 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4004 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4005 internal type.\n\
4006 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4007 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4008 macro to iterate through all types.",
4009 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4010 NULL)
4011
4012 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4013 DEFHOOK
4014 (fn_abi_va_list,
4015 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4016 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4017 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4018 tree, (tree fndecl),
4019 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4020
4021 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4022 DEFHOOK
4023 (canonical_va_list_type,
4024 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4025 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4026 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4027 tree, (tree type),
4028 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4029
4030 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4031 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4032 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4033 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4034 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4035
4036 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4037 DEFHOOK
4038 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4039 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4040 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4041 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4042 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4043 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4044 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4045
4046 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4047 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4048 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4049 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4050 or an error message if not. */
4051 DEFHOOK
4052 (get_pch_validity,
4053 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4054 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4055 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4056 void *, (size_t *sz),
4057 default_get_pch_validity)
4058
4059 DEFHOOK
4060 (pch_valid_p,
4061 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4062 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4063 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4064 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4065 \n\
4066 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4067 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4068 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4069 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4070 \n\
4071 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4072 suitable for most targets.",
4073 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4074 default_pch_valid_p)
4075
4076 DEFHOOK
4077 (prepare_pch_save,
4078 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4079 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4080 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4081 to do anything here.",
4082 void, (void),
4083 hook_void_void)
4084
4085 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4086 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4087 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4088 DEFHOOK
4089 (check_pch_target_flags,
4090 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4091 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4092 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4093 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4094 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4095 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4096
4097 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4098 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4099 that type. */
4100 DEFHOOK
4101 (default_short_enums,
4102 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4103 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4104 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4105 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4106 \n\
4107 The default is to return false.",
4108 bool, (void),
4109 hook_bool_void_false)
4110
4111 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4112 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4113 DEFHOOK
4114 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4115 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4116 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4117 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4118 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4119 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4120 rtx, (void),
4121 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4122
4123 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4124 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4125 DEFHOOK
4126 (md_asm_adjust,
4127 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4128 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4129 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4130 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4131 \n\
4132 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4133 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4134 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4135 rtx_insn *,
4136 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4137 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4138 NULL)
4139
4140 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4141 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4142 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4143 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4144 the function is being declared as an int. */
4145 DEFHOOK
4146 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4147 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4148 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4149 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4150 int, (const_tree function),
4151 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4152
4153 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4154 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4155 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4156 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4157 and
4158 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4159 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4160 DEFHOOK
4161 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4162 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4163 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4164 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4165 @smallexample\n\
4166 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4167 @end smallexample\n\
4168 and\n\
4169 @smallexample\n\
4170 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4171 @end smallexample\n\
4172 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4173 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4174 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4175 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4176
4177 DEFHOOK
4178 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4179 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4180 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4181 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4182 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4183 @smallexample\n\
4184 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4185 @end smallexample\n\
4186 \n\
4187 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4188 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4189 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4190 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4191
4192 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4193 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4194 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4195 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4196 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4197 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4198 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4199
4200 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4201 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4202 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4203 DEFHOOK
4204 (stack_protect_guard,
4205 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4206 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4207 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4208 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4209 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4210 \n\
4211 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4212 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4213 tree, (void),
4214 default_stack_protect_guard)
4215
4216 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4217 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4218 DEFHOOK
4219 (stack_protect_fail,
4220 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4221 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4222 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4223 \n\
4224 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4225 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4226 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4227 tree, (void),
4228 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4229
4230 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4231 protector runtime support. */
4232 DEFHOOK
4233 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4234 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4235 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4236 bool, (void),
4237 hook_bool_void_true)
4238
4239 DEFHOOK
4240 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4241 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4242 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4243 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4244 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4245 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4246 \n\
4247 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4248 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4249 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4250 compilation for the second case.\n\
4251 \n\
4252 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4253 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4254 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4255 along with your other target hooks.",
4256 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4257
4258 DEFHOOK
4259 (speculation_safe_value,
4260 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4261 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4262 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4263 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4264 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4265 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4266 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4267 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4268 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4269 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4270 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4271 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4272 \n\
4273 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4274 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4275 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4276 default_speculation_safe_value)
4277
4278 DEFHOOK
4279 (predict_doloop_p,
4280 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4281 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4282 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4283 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4284 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4285 bool, (class loop *loop),
4286 default_predict_doloop_p)
4287
4288 DEFHOOKPOD
4289 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4290 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4291 and branch.\n\
4292 The default value is false.",
4293 bool, false)
4294
4295 DEFHOOKPOD
4296 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4297 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4298 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4299 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4300 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4301 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4302 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4303 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4304 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4305 The default value is zero.",
4306 int64_t, 0)
4307
4308 DEFHOOKPOD
4309 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4310 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4311 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4312 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4313 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4314 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4315 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4316 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4317 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4318 The default value is zero.",
4319 int64_t, 0)
4320
4321 DEFHOOK
4322 (can_use_doloop_p,
4323 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4324 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4325 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4326 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4327 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4328 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4329 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4330 \n\
4331 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4332 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4333 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4334 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4335 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4336 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4337
4338 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4339 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4340 DEFHOOK
4341 (invalid_within_doloop,
4342 "\n\
4343 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4344 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4345 could not be applied.\n\
4346 \n\
4347 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4348 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4349 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4350 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4351 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4352 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4353 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4354
4355 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4356 DEFHOOK
4357 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4358 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4359 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4360 default is to accept all instructions.",
4361 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4362 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4363
4364 DEFHOOK
4365 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4366 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4367 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4368 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4369 bool, (const_tree decl),
4370 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4371
4372 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4373 value. */
4374 DEFHOOKPOD
4375 (const_anchor,
4376 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4377 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4378 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4379 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4380 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4381 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4382 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4383 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4384 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4385 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4386 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4387 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4388 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4389 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4390 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4391 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4392
4393 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4394 DEFHOOK
4395 (memmodel_check,
4396 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4397 memory model bits are allowed.",
4398 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4399
4400 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4401 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4402 supported by the target. */
4403 DEFHOOK
4404 (asan_shadow_offset,
4405 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4406 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4407 supported by the target.",
4408 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4409 NULL)
4410
4411 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4412 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4413 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4414
4415 DEFHOOK
4416 (promote_function_mode,
4417 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4418 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4419 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4420 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4421 pointer} types.\n\
4422 \n\
4423 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4424 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4425 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4426 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4427 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4428 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4429 the signedness may be different.\n\
4430 \n\
4431 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4432 \n\
4433 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4434 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4435 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4436 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4437 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4438 default_promote_function_mode)
4439
4440 DEFHOOK
4441 (promote_prototypes,
4442 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4443 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4444 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4445 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4446 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4447 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4448 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4449
4450 DEFHOOK
4451 (struct_value_rtx,
4452 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4453 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4454 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4455 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4456 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4457 argument.\n\
4458 \n\
4459 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4460 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4461 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4462 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4463 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4464 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4465 the caller.\n\
4466 \n\
4467 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4468 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4469 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4470 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4471 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4472 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4473 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4474
4475 DEFHOOKPOD
4476 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4477 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4478 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4479 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4480 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4481 undesirable on your target.",
4482 bool, false)
4483
4484 DEFHOOK
4485 (return_in_memory,
4486 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4487 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4488 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4489 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4490 libcalls.\n\
4491 \n\
4492 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4493 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4494 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4495 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4496 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4497 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4498 \n\
4499 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4500 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4501 to indicate this.",
4502 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4503 default_return_in_memory)
4504
4505 DEFHOOK
4506 (return_in_msb,
4507 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4508 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4509 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4510 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4511 \n\
4512 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4513 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4514 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4515 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4516 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4517 bool, (const_tree type),
4518 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4519
4520 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4521 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4522 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4523 DEFHOOK
4524 (pass_by_reference,
4525 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4526 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4527 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4528 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4529 \n\
4530 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4531 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4532 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4533 to that type.",
4534 bool,
4535 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4536 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4537
4538 DEFHOOK
4539 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4540 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4541 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4542 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4543 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4544 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4545 rtx, (void),
4546 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4547
4548 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4549 DEFHOOK
4550 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4551 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4552 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4553 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4554 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4555 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4556 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4557 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4558 \n\
4559 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4560 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4561 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4562 arguments.\n\
4563 \n\
4564 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4565 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4566 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4567 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4568 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4569 frame.\n\
4570 \n\
4571 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4572 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4573 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4574 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4575 for all data types.\n\
4576 \n\
4577 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4578 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4579 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4580 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4581 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4582 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4583 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4584 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4585
4586 DEFHOOK
4587 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4588 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4589 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4590 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4591 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4592 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4593 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4594 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4595 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4596 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4597
4598 DEFHOOK
4599 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4600 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4601 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4602 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4603 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4604 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4605 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4606 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4607 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4608 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4609
4610 DEFHOOK
4611 (load_returned_bounds,
4612 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4613 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4614 loaded bounds.",
4615 rtx, (rtx slot),
4616 default_load_returned_bounds)
4617
4618 DEFHOOK
4619 (store_returned_bounds,
4620 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4621 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4622 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4623 default_store_returned_bounds)
4624
4625 DEFHOOK
4626 (call_args,
4627 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4628 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4629 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4630 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4631 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4632 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4633 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4634 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4635 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4636 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4637 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4638 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4639 void, (rtx, tree),
4640 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4641
4642 DEFHOOK
4643 (end_call_args,
4644 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4645 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4646 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4647 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4648 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4649 void, (void),
4650 hook_void_void)
4651
4652 DEFHOOK
4653 (strict_argument_naming,
4654 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4655 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4656 \n\
4657 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4658 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4659 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4660 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4661 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4662 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4663 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4664 \n\
4665 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4666 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4667 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4668
4669 /* Returns true if we should use
4670 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4671 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4672 DEFHOOK
4673 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4674 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4675 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4676 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4677 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4678 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4679 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4680 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4681 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4682
4683 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4684 should be passed as two scalars. */
4685 DEFHOOK
4686 (split_complex_arg,
4687 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4688 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4689 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4690 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4691 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4692 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4693 point register.\n\
4694 \n\
4695 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4696 false.",
4697 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4698
4699 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4700 but must be passed on the stack. */
4701 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4702 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4703 DEFHOOK
4704 (must_pass_in_stack,
4705 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4706 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4707 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4708 documentation.",
4709 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4710 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4711
4712 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4713 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4714 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4715 DEFHOOK
4716 (callee_copies,
4717 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4718 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4719 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4720 by the caller.\n\
4721 \n\
4722 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4723 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4724 not be generated.\n\
4725 \n\
4726 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4727 bool,
4728 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4729 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4730
4731 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4732 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4733 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4734 DEFHOOK
4735 (arg_partial_bytes,
4736 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4737 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4738 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4739 pushed on the stack.\n\
4740 \n\
4741 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4742 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4743 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4744 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4745 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4746 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4747 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4748 \n\
4749 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4750 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4751 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4752 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4753 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4754
4755 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4756 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4757 argument. */
4758 DEFHOOK
4759 (function_arg_advance,
4760 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4761 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4762 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4763 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4764 \n\
4765 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4766 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4767 used for arguments without any special help.",
4768 void,
4769 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4770 default_function_arg_advance)
4771
4772 DEFHOOK
4773 (function_arg_offset,
4774 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4775 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4776 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4777 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4778 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4779 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4780 default_function_arg_offset)
4781
4782 DEFHOOK
4783 (function_arg_padding,
4784 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4785 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4786 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4787 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4788 \n\
4789 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4790 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4791 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4792 \n\
4793 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4794 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4795 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4796 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4797 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4798 default_function_arg_padding)
4799
4800 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4801 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4802 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4803 argument. */
4804 DEFHOOK
4805 (function_arg,
4806 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4807 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4808 the previous arguments.\n\
4809 \n\
4810 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4811 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4812 on the stack.\n\
4813 \n\
4814 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4815 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4816 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4817 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4818 for more information.\n\
4819 \n\
4820 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4821 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4822 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4823 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4824 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4825 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4826 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4827 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4828 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4829 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4830 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4831 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4832 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4833 \n\
4834 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4835 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4836 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4837 \n\
4838 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4839 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4840 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4841 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4842 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4843 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4844 \n\
4845 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4846 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4847 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4848 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4849 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4850 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4851 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4852 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4853 a register.",
4854 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4855 default_function_arg)
4856
4857 DEFHOOK
4858 (function_incoming_arg,
4859 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4860 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4861 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4862 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4863 \n\
4864 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4865 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4866 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4867 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4868 arrive.\n\
4869 \n\
4870 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4871 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4872 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4873 \n\
4874 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4875 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4876 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4877 default_function_incoming_arg)
4878
4879 DEFHOOK
4880 (function_arg_boundary,
4881 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4882 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4883 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4884 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4885 default_function_arg_boundary)
4886
4887 DEFHOOK
4888 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4889 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4890 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4891 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4892 value.",
4893 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4894 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4895
4896 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4897 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4898 DEFHOOK
4899 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4900 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4901 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4902 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4903 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4904 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4905
4906 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4907 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4908 DEFHOOK
4909 (function_value,
4910 "\n\
4911 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4912 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4913 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4914 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4915 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4916 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4917 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4918 a function returns a value.\n\
4919 \n\
4920 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4921 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4922 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4923 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4924 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4925 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4926 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4927 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4928 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4929 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4930 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4931 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4932 \n\
4933 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4934 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4935 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4936 \n\
4937 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4938 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4939 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4940 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4941 known.\n\
4942 \n\
4943 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4944 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4945 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4946 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4947 \n\
4948 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4949 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4950 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4951 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4952 default_function_value)
4953
4954 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4955 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4956 DEFHOOK
4957 (libcall_value,
4958 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4959 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4960 \n\
4961 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4962 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4963 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4964 \n\
4965 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4966 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4967 default_libcall_value)
4968
4969 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4970 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4971 DEFHOOK
4972 (function_value_regno_p,
4973 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4974 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4975 \n\
4976 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4977 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4978 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4979 \n\
4980 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4981 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4982 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4983 \n\
4984 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4985 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4986 default_function_value_regno_p)
4987
4988 DEFHOOK
4989 (fntype_abi,
4990 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
4991 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
4992 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
4993 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
4994 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
4995 NULL)
4996
4997 DEFHOOK
4998 (insn_callee_abi,
4999 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5000 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5001 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5002 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5003 directly.\n\
5004 \n\
5005 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5006 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5007 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5008 NULL)
5009
5010 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5011 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5012 (internal_arg_pointer,
5013 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5014 current function.",
5015 rtx, (void),
5016 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5017
5018 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5019 DEFHOOK
5020 (update_stack_boundary,
5021 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5022 necessary.",
5023 void, (void), NULL)
5024
5025 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5026 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5027 DEFHOOK
5028 (get_drap_rtx,
5029 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5030 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5031 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5032 is needed.",
5033 rtx, (void), NULL)
5034
5035 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5036 stack. */
5037 DEFHOOK
5038 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5039 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5040 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5041 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5042 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5043 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5044 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5045 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5046 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5047 bool, (void),
5048 hook_bool_void_true)
5049
5050 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5051 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5052 DEFHOOK
5053 (static_chain,
5054 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5055 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5056 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5057 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5058 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5059 \n\
5060 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5061 \n\
5062 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5063 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5064 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5065 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5066 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5067 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5068 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5069 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5070 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5071 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5072 to refer to those items.",
5073 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5074 default_static_chain)
5075
5076 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5077 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5078 DEFHOOK
5079 (trampoline_init,
5080 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5081 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5082 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5083 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5084 when it is called.\n\
5085 \n\
5086 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5087 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5088 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5089 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5090 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5091 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5092 \n\
5093 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
5094 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5095 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5096 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5097 default_trampoline_init)
5098
5099 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5100 DEFHOOK
5101 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5102 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5103 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5104 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5105 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5106 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5107 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5108 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5109 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5110
5111 DEFHOOKPOD
5112 (custom_function_descriptors,
5113 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5114 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5115 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5116 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5117 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5118 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5119 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5120 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5121 \n\
5122 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5123 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5124 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5125 \n\
5126 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5127 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5128 it to be made executable.",\
5129 int, -1)
5130
5131 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5132 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5133 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5134 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5135 DEFHOOK
5136 (return_pops_args,
5137 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5138 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5139 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5140 \n\
5141 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5142 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5143 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5144 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5145 \n\
5146 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5147 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5148 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5149 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5150 arguments (if known).\n\
5151 \n\
5152 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5153 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5154 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5155 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5156 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5157 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5158 \n\
5159 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5160 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5161 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5162 \n\
5163 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5164 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5165 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5166 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5167 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5168 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5169 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5170 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5171 number of arguments.",
5172 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5173 default_return_pops_args)
5174
5175 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5176 returned. */
5177 DEFHOOK
5178 (get_raw_result_mode,
5179 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5180 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5181 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5182 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5183 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5184
5185 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5186 passed. */
5187 DEFHOOK
5188 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5189 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5190 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5191 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5192 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5193 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5194
5195 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5196 DEFHOOK
5197 (empty_record_p,
5198 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5199 is to return @code{false}.",
5200 bool, (const_tree type),
5201 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5202
5203 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5204 DEFHOOK
5205 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5206 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5207 ABI.",
5208 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5209 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5210
5211 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5212
5213 DEFHOOK
5214 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5215 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5216 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5217 bool, (void),
5218 hook_bool_void_false)
5219
5220 DEFHOOK
5221 (init_pic_reg,
5222 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5223 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5224 void, (void),
5225 hook_void_void)
5226
5227 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5228 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5229 DEFHOOK
5230 (invalid_conversion,
5231 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5232 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5233 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5234 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5235 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5236
5237 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5238 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5239 DEFHOOK
5240 (invalid_unary_op,
5241 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5242 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5243 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5244 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5245 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5246 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5247
5248 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5249 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5250 DEFHOOK
5251 (invalid_binary_op,
5252 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5253 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5254 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5255 the front end.",
5256 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5257 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5258
5259 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5260 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5261 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5262 DEFHOOK
5263 (promoted_type,
5264 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5265 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5266 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5267 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5268 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5269 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5270 tree, (const_tree type),
5271 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5272
5273 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5274 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5275 the standard conversion rules. */
5276 DEFHOOK
5277 (convert_to_type,
5278 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5279 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5280 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5281 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5282 conversion rules.\n\
5283 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5284 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5285 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5286
5287 DEFHOOK
5288 (can_change_mode_class,
5289 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5290 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5291 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5292 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5293 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5294 \n\
5295 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5296 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5297 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5298 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5299 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5300 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5301 \n\
5302 @smallexample\n\
5303 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5304 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5305 @end smallexample\n\
5306 \n\
5307 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5308 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5309 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5310 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5311 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5312 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5313 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5314 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5315 value that the middle-end intended.",
5316 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5317 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5318
5319 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5320 DEFHOOK
5321 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5322 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5323 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5324 \n\
5325 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5326 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5327 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5328
5329 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5330 DEFHOOK
5331 (lra_p,
5332 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5333 \
5334 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5335 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5336 bool, (void),
5337 default_lra_p)
5338
5339 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5340 DEFHOOK
5341 (register_priority,
5342 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5343 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5344 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5345 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5346 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5347 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5348 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5349 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5350 \
5351 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5352 int, (int),
5353 default_register_priority)
5354
5355 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5356 DEFHOOK
5357 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5358 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5359 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5360 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5361 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5362 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5363 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5364 optimizations.\
5365 \
5366 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5367 bool, (void),
5368 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5369
5370 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5371 DEFHOOK
5372 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5373 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5374 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5375 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5376 the insn.\
5377 \
5378 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5379 bool, (void),
5380 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5381
5382 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5383 instead of memory. */
5384 DEFHOOK
5385 (spill_class,
5386 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5387 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5388 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5389 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5390 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5391 NULL)
5392
5393 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5394 DEFHOOK
5395 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5396 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5397 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5398 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5399 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5400 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5401 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5402 bool, (reg_class_t),
5403 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5404
5405 DEFHOOK
5406 (cstore_mode,
5407 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5408 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5409 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5410 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5411 patterns.",
5412 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5413 default_cstore_mode)
5414
5415 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5416 classes to use. */
5417 DEFHOOK
5418 (compute_pressure_classes,
5419 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5420 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5421 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5422 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5423 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5424
5425 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5426 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5427 DEFHOOK
5428 (member_type_forces_blk,
5429 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5430 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5431 \n\
5432 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5433 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5434 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5435 retain the field's mode.\n\
5436 \n\
5437 Normally, this is not needed.",
5438 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5439 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5440
5441 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5442 that gate the divod transform. */
5443 DEFHOOK
5444 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5445 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5446 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5447 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5448 NULL)
5449
5450 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5451 DEFHOOK
5452 (secondary_reload,
5453 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5454 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5455 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5456 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5457 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5458 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5459 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5460 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5461 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5462 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5463 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5464 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5465 \n\
5466 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5467 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5468 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5469 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5470 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5471 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5472 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5473 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5474 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5475 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5476 \n\
5477 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5478 \n\
5479 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5480 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5481 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5482 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5483 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5484 \n\
5485 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5486 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5487 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5488 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5489 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5490 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5491 \n\
5492 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5493 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5494 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5495 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5496 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5497 \n\
5498 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5499 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5500 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5501 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5502 single-register-class\n\
5503 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5504 output constraint.\n\
5505 \n\
5506 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5507 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5508 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5509 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5510 \n\
5511 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5512 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5513 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5514 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5515 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5516 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5517 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5518 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5519 \n\
5520 \n\
5521 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5522 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5523 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5524 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5525 \n\
5526 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5527 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5528 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5529 \n\
5530 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5531 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5532 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5533 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5534 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5535 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5536 reg_class_t,
5537 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5538 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5539 default_secondary_reload)
5540
5541 DEFHOOK
5542 (secondary_memory_needed,
5543 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5544 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5545 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5546 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5547 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5548 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5549 false for all inputs.",
5550 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5551 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5552
5553 DEFHOOK
5554 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5555 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5556 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5557 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5558 \n\
5559 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5560 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5561 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5562 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5563 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5564 floating-point registers.\n\
5565 \n\
5566 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5567 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5568 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5569 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5570 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5571 details.\n\
5572 \n\
5573 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5574 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5575 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5576
5577 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5578 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5579 DEFHOOK
5580 (preferred_reload_class,
5581 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5582 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5583 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5584 another, smaller class.\n\
5585 \n\
5586 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5587 \n\
5588 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5589 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5590 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5591 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5592 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5593 \n\
5594 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5595 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5596 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5597 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5598 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5599 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5600 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5601 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5602 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5603 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5604 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5605 \n\
5606 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5607 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5608 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5609 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5610 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5611 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5612 reg_class_t,
5613 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5614 default_preferred_reload_class)
5615
5616 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5617 input reloads. */
5618 DEFHOOK
5619 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5620 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5621 input reloads.\n\
5622 \n\
5623 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5624 argument.\n\
5625 \n\
5626 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5627 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5628 reg_class_t,
5629 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5630 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5631
5632 DEFHOOK
5633 (select_early_remat_modes,
5634 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5635 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5636 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5637 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5638 \n\
5639 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5640 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5641 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5642 void, (sbitmap modes),
5643 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5644
5645 DEFHOOK
5646 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5647 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5648 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5649 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5650 \n\
5651 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5652 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5653 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5654 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5655 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5656 \n\
5657 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5658 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5659 pressure.",
5660 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5661 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5662
5663 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5664 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5665 DEFHOOK
5666 (class_max_nregs,
5667 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5668 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5669 \n\
5670 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5671 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5672 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5673 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5674 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5675 \n\
5676 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5677 in the reload pass.\n\
5678 \n\
5679 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5680 in words.",
5681 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5682 default_class_max_nregs)
5683
5684 DEFHOOK
5685 (preferred_rename_class,
5686 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5687 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5688 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5689 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5690 is not implemented.\
5691 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5692 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5693 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5694 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5695 be reduced.",
5696 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5697 default_preferred_rename_class)
5698
5699 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5700 during register allocation. */
5701 DEFHOOK
5702 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5703 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5704 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5705 register allocation.\n\
5706 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5707 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5708 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5709 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5710 bool, (rtx subst),
5711 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5712
5713 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5714 displacement addressing. */
5715 DEFHOOK
5716 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5717 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5718 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5719 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5720 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5721 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5722 \n\
5723 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5724 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5725 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5726 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5727 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5728
5729 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5730 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5731 DEFHOOK
5732 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5733 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5734 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5735 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5736 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5737 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5738 usage.",
5739 void, (void),
5740 hook_void_void)
5741
5742 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5743 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5744 but will be later. */
5745 DEFHOOK
5746 (instantiate_decls,
5747 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5748 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5749 void, (void),
5750 hook_void_void)
5751
5752 DEFHOOK
5753 (hard_regno_nregs,
5754 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5755 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5756 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5757 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5758 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5759 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5760 \n\
5761 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5762 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5763 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5764
5765 DEFHOOK
5766 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5767 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5768 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5769 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5770 unconditionally.\n\
5771 \n\
5772 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5773 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5774 \n\
5775 @cindex register pairs\n\
5776 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5777 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5778 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5779 \n\
5780 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5781 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5782 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5783 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5784 \n\
5785 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5786 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5787 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5788 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5789 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5790 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5791 modes to be tieable.\n\
5792 \n\
5793 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5794 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5795 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5796 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5797 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5798 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5799 \n\
5800 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5801 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5802 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5803 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5804 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5805 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5806 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5807 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5808 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5809 \n\
5810 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5811 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5812 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5813 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5814 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5815 \n\
5816 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5817 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5818 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5819 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5820 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5821 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5822 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5823
5824 DEFHOOK
5825 (modes_tieable_p,
5826 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5827 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5828 \n\
5829 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5830 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5831 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5832 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5833 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5834 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5835 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5836 \n\
5837 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5838 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5839 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5840 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5841 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5842
5843 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5844 in peephole2. */
5845 DEFHOOK
5846 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5847 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5848 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5849 \n\
5850 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5851 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5852 \n\
5853 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5854 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5855 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5856
5857 DEFHOOK
5858 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5859 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
5860 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
5861 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
5862 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
5863 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
5864 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
5865 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
5866 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
5867 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
5868 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
5869 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5870 \n\
5871 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
5872 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
5873 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
5874 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
5875 \n\
5876 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5877 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5878 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5879 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
5880
5881 DEFHOOK
5882 (get_multilib_abi_name,
5883 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
5884 const char *, (void),
5885 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
5886
5887 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5888 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5889 DEFHOOK
5890 (case_values_threshold,
5891 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5892 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5893 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5894 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5895 unsigned int, (void),
5896 default_case_values_threshold)
5897
5898 DEFHOOK
5899 (starting_frame_offset,
5900 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5901 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5902 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5903 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5904 implementation returns 0.",
5905 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5906 hook_hwi_void_0)
5907
5908 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5909 DEFHOOK
5910 (compute_frame_layout,
5911 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5912 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5913 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5914 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5915 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5916 this callback is optional.",
5917 void, (void),
5918 hook_void_void)
5919
5920 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5921 DEFHOOK
5922 (frame_pointer_required,
5923 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5924 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5925 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5926 \n\
5927 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5928 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5929 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5930 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5931 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5932 pointer.\n\
5933 \n\
5934 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5935 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5936 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5937 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5938 them.\n\
5939 \n\
5940 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5941 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5942 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5943 \n\
5944 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5945 bool, (void),
5946 hook_bool_void_false)
5947
5948 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5949 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5950 DEFHOOK
5951 (can_eliminate,
5952 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5953 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5954 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5955 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5956 knows about.\n\
5957 \n\
5958 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5959 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5960 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5961
5962 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5963 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5964 target. */
5965 DEFHOOK
5966 (conditional_register_usage,
5967 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5968 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5969 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5970 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5971 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5972 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5973 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5974 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5975 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5976 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5977 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5978 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5979 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5980 command options have been applied.\n\
5981 \n\
5982 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5983 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5984 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5985 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5986 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5987 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5988 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5989 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5990 \n\
5991 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5992 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5993 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5994 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5995 void, (void),
5996 hook_void_void)
5997
5998 DEFHOOK
5999 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6000 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6001 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
6002 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6003 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6004 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \
6005 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\
6006 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6007 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6008 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6009 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6010
6011
6012 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6013 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6014 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6015 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6016
6017 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6018 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6019 (mode_for_suffix,
6020 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6021 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6022 machine_mode, (char c),
6023 default_mode_for_suffix)
6024
6025 DEFHOOK
6026 (excess_precision,
6027 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
6028 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
6029 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
6030 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
6031 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
6032 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
6033 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
6034 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
6035 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
6036 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
6037 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
6038 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
6039 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
6040 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
6041 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
6042 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6043 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6044 default_excess_precision)
6045
6046 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6047
6048 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6049 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6050 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6051 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6052
6053 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6054 DEFHOOK
6055 (guard_type,
6056 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6057 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6058 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6059 tree, (void),
6060 default_cxx_guard_type)
6061
6062 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6063 DEFHOOK
6064 (guard_mask_bit,
6065 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6066 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6067 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6068 bool, (void),
6069 hook_bool_void_false)
6070
6071 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6072 DEFHOOK
6073 (get_cookie_size,
6074 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6075 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6076 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6077 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6078 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6079 tree, (tree type),
6080 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6081
6082 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6083 DEFHOOK
6084 (cookie_has_size,
6085 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6086 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6087 bool, (void),
6088 hook_bool_void_false)
6089
6090 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6091 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6092 DEFHOOK
6093 (import_export_class,
6094 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6095 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6096 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6097 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6098 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6099 backend's targeted operating system.",
6100 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6101
6102 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6103 DEFHOOK
6104 (cdtor_returns_this,
6105 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6106 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6107 @code{false}.",
6108 bool, (void),
6109 hook_bool_void_false)
6110
6111 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6112 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6113 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6114 DEFHOOK
6115 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6116 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6117 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6118 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6119 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6120 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6121 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6122 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6123 bool, (void),
6124 hook_bool_void_true)
6125
6126 DEFHOOK
6127 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6128 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6129 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6130 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6131 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6132 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6133 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6134 void, (tree decl),
6135 hook_void_tree)
6136
6137 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6138 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6139 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6140 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6141 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6142 DEFHOOK
6143 (class_data_always_comdat,
6144 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6145 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6146 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6147 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6148 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6149 bool, (void),
6150 hook_bool_void_true)
6151
6152 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6153 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6154 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6155 DEFHOOK
6156 (library_rtti_comdat,
6157 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6158 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6159 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6160 bool, (void),
6161 hook_bool_void_true)
6162
6163 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6164 destructors. */
6165 DEFHOOK
6166 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6167 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6168 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6169 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6170 bool, (void),
6171 hook_bool_void_false)
6172
6173 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6174 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6175 DEFHOOK
6176 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6177 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6178 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6179 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6180 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6181 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6182 bool, (void),
6183 hook_bool_void_false)
6184
6185 DEFHOOK
6186 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6187 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6188 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6189 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6190 void, (tree type),
6191 hook_void_tree)
6192
6193 DEFHOOK
6194 (decl_mangling_context,
6195 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6196 tree, (const_tree decl),
6197 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6198
6199 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6200
6201 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6202 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6203 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6204 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6205
6206 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6207 DEFHOOKPOD
6208 (get_address,
6209 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6210 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6211 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6212 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6213
6214 DEFHOOKPOD
6215 (register_common,
6216 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6217 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6218 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6219 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6220 registration function to be used.",
6221 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6222
6223 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6224 DEFHOOKPOD
6225 (var_section,
6226 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6227 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6228 any section.",
6229 const char *, NULL)
6230
6231 DEFHOOKPOD
6232 (tmpl_section,
6233 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6234 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6235 section.",
6236 const char *, NULL)
6237
6238 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6239 DEFHOOKPOD
6240 (var_prefix,
6241 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6242 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6243 const char *, NULL)
6244
6245 DEFHOOKPOD
6246 (tmpl_prefix,
6247 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6248 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6249 const char *, NULL)
6250
6251 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6252 DEFHOOK
6253 (var_fields,
6254 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6255 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6256 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6257 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6258 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6259 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6260 default_emutls_var_fields)
6261
6262 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6263 DEFHOOK
6264 (var_init,
6265 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6266 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6267 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6268 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6269 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6270 default_emutls_var_init)
6271
6272 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6273 proxy variable. */
6274 DEFHOOKPOD
6275 (var_align_fixed,
6276 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6277 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6278 single objects. The default is false.",
6279 bool, false)
6280
6281 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6282 DEFHOOKPOD
6283 (debug_form_tls_address,
6284 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6285 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6286 bool, false)
6287
6288 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6289
6290 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6291 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6292 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6293
6294 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6295 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6296 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6297 DEFHOOK
6298 (valid_attribute_p,
6299 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6300 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6301 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6302 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6303 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6304 \n\
6305 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6306 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6307 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6308 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6309 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6310
6311 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6312 DEFHOOK
6313 (save,
6314 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6315 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6316 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6317 @xref{Option file format}.",
6318 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6319
6320 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6321 structure. */
6322 DEFHOOK
6323 (restore,
6324 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6325 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6326 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6327 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6328
6329 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6330 streamed in. */
6331 DEFHOOK
6332 (post_stream_in,
6333 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6334 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6335 LTO bytecode.",
6336 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6337
6338 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6339 structure. */
6340 DEFHOOK
6341 (print,
6342 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6343 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6344 function-specific options.",
6345 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6346
6347 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6348 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6349 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6350 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6351 DEFHOOK
6352 (pragma_parse,
6353 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6354 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6355 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6356 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6357 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6358 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6359
6360 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6361 DEFHOOK
6362 (override,
6363 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6364 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6365 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6366 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6367 \n\
6368 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6369 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6370 \n\
6371 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6372 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6373 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6374 void, (void),
6375 hook_void_void)
6376
6377 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6378 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6379 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6380 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6381 DEFHOOK
6382 (function_versions,
6383 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6384 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6385 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6386 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6387 different target machines.",
6388 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6389 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6390
6391 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6392 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6393 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6394 DEFHOOK
6395 (can_inline_p,
6396 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6397 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6398 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6399 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6400 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6401 default_target_can_inline_p)
6402
6403 DEFHOOK
6404 (relayout_function,
6405 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6406 void, (tree fndecl),
6407 hook_void_tree)
6408
6409 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6410
6411 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6412 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6413 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6414 DEFHOOK
6415 (extra_live_on_entry,
6416 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6417 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6418 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6419 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6420 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6421 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6422 void, (bitmap regs),
6423 hook_void_bitmap)
6424
6425 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6426 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6427 definition. */
6428 DEFHOOKPOD
6429 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6430 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6431 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6432 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6433 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6434 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6435 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6436 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6437 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6438 bool,
6439 false)
6440
6441 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6442 DEFHOOK
6443 (set_up_by_prologue,
6444 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6445 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6446 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6447 NULL)
6448
6449 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6450 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6451 function attribute. */
6452 DEFHOOK
6453 (warn_func_return,
6454 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6455 bool, (tree),
6456 hook_bool_tree_true)
6457
6458 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6459 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6460 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6461
6462 DEFHOOK
6463 (get_separate_components,
6464 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6465 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6466 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6467 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6468 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6469 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6470 sbitmap, (void),
6471 NULL)
6472
6473 DEFHOOK
6474 (components_for_bb,
6475 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6476 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6477 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6478 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6479 NULL)
6480
6481 DEFHOOK
6482 (disqualify_components,
6483 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6484 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6485 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6486 epilogue instead.",
6487 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6488 NULL)
6489
6490 DEFHOOK
6491 (emit_prologue_components,
6492 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6493 void, (sbitmap),
6494 NULL)
6495
6496 DEFHOOK
6497 (emit_epilogue_components,
6498 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6499 void, (sbitmap),
6500 NULL)
6501
6502 DEFHOOK
6503 (set_handled_components,
6504 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6505 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6506 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6507 will be deleted after this call.",
6508 void, (sbitmap),
6509 NULL)
6510
6511 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6512 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6513 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6514
6515 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6516 DEFHOOK
6517 (debug_unwind_info,
6518 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6519 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6520 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6521 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6522 \n\
6523 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6524 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6525 \n\
6526 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6527 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6528 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6529 default_debug_unwind_info)
6530
6531 DEFHOOK
6532 (reset_location_view, "\
6533 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6534 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6535 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6536 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6537 \n\
6538 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6539 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6540 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6541 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6542 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6543 \n\
6544 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6545 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6546 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6547
6548 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6549 defined at this time. */
6550 DEFHOOK
6551 (canonicalize_comparison,
6552 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6553 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6554 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6555 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6556 \n\
6557 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6558 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6559 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6560 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6561 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6562 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6563 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6564 \n\
6565 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6566 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6567 @file{md} file.\n\
6568 \n\
6569 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6570 comparison code or operands.",
6571 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6572 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6573
6574 DEFHOOK
6575 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6576 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6577 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6578 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6579 \n\
6580 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6581 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6582 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6583 \n\
6584 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6585 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6586 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6587 \n\
6588 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6589 defined to 1.",
6590 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6591
6592 DEFHOOKPOD
6593 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6594 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6595 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
6596 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6597 unsigned char, 1)
6598
6599 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6600 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6601 as needed. */
6602 DEFHOOK
6603 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6604 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6605 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6606 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6607 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6608 hook_uint_mode_0)
6609
6610 DEFHOOK
6611 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6612 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6613 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6614 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6615 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6616 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6617 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6618 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6619 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6620 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6621 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6622 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6623 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6624 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6625 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6626 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6627 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6628 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6629
6630 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6631
6632 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6633 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6634 DEFHOOKPOD
6635 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6636 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6637 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6638 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6639 bool, false)
6640
6641 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6642 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6643 DEFHOOKPOD
6644 (have_ctors_dtors,
6645 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6646 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6647 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6648 bool, false)
6649
6650 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6651 DEFHOOKPOD
6652 (have_tls,
6653 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6654 The default value is false.",
6655 bool, false)
6656
6657 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6658 DEFHOOKPOD
6659 (have_srodata_section,
6660 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6661 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6662 bool, false)
6663
6664 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6665 DEFHOOKPOD
6666 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6667 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6668 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6669 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6670 true otherwise.",
6671 bool, true)
6672
6673 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6674 DEFHOOKPOD
6675 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6676 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6677 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6678 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6679 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6680 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6681 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6682 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6683 \n\
6684 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6685 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6686 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6687 bool, false)
6688
6689 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6690 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6691 DEFHOOKPOD
6692 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6693 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6694 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6695 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6696 this to be done. The default is false.",
6697 bool, false)
6698
6699 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6700 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6701 DEFHOOKPOD
6702 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6703 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6704 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6705 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6706 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6707 bool, false)
6708
6709 DEFHOOKPOD
6710 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6711 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6712 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6713 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6714 bool, false)
6715
6716 DEFHOOKPOD
6717 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6718 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6719 bool, false)
6720
6721 DEFHOOKPOD
6722 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6723 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6724 bool, false)
6725
6726 DEFHOOKPOD
6727 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6728 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6729 targets.",
6730 bool, false)
6731
6732 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6733
6734 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6735 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6736 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6737 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6738
6739 DEFHOOK
6740 (emit,
6741 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6742 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6743
6744 DEFHOOK
6745 (needed,
6746 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6747 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6748
6749 DEFHOOK
6750 (after,
6751 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6752 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6753
6754 DEFHOOK
6755 (entry,
6756 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6757 int, (int entity), NULL)
6758
6759 DEFHOOK
6760 (exit,
6761 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6762 int, (int entity), NULL)
6763
6764 DEFHOOK
6765 (priority,
6766 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6767 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6768
6769 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6770
6771 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6772 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6773
6774 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6775 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6776 #include "target-insns.def"
6777 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6778
6779 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6780 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6781 #include "target-insns.def"
6782 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6783
6784 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6785 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6786 #include "target-insns.def"
6787 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6788
6789 DEFHOOK
6790 (run_target_selftests,
6791 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6792 void, (void),
6793 NULL)
6794
6795 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6796 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6797